blob: 89525e8228ea22a5928a34eb43925acb3f5f2bca [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02007 2009/06/09
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200642and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
643with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
644specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100645
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646
647keyword defaults frontend listen backend
648----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
649acl - X X X
650appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100651backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100652balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100654bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200655block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100656capture cookie - X X -
657capture request header - X X -
658capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100659clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100660contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200661cookie X - X X
662default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100665enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200666errorfile X X X X
667errorloc X X X X
668errorloc302 X X X X
669errorloc303 X X X X
670fullconn X - X X
671grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100672http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200673log X X X X
674maxconn X X X -
675mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100676monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200677monitor-net X X X -
678monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100679[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-request X X X -
682[no] option accept-invalid-
683 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100684[no] option allbackups X - X X
685[no] option checkcache X - X X
686[no] option clitcpka X X X -
687[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200688[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100689[no] option dontlognull X X X -
690[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691option forwardfor X X X X
692option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100693[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200694option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200695[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200696[no] option log-separate-
697 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100698[no] option logasap X X X -
699[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200700option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100701[no] option persist X - X X
702[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200703option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100704[no] option splice-auto X X X X
705[no] option splice-request X X X X
706[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100707[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200709[no] option tcp-smart-
710 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711option tcpka X X X X
712option tcplog X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100713[no] option tcpsplice X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100714[no] option transparent X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100715rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200716redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100717redisp X - X X (deprecated)
718redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200719reqadd - X X X
720reqallow - X X X
721reqdel - X X X
722reqdeny - X X X
723reqiallow - X X X
724reqidel - X X X
725reqideny - X X X
726reqipass - X X X
727reqirep - X X X
728reqisetbe - X X X
729reqitarpit - X X X
730reqpass - X X X
731reqrep - X X X
732reqsetbe - X X X
733reqtarpit - X X X
734retries X - X X
735rspadd - X X X
736rspdel - X X X
737rspdeny - X X X
738rspidel - X X X
739rspideny - X X X
740rspirep - X X X
741rsprep - X X X
742server - - X X
743source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100744srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200745stats auth X - X X
746stats enable X - X X
747stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200748stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200749stats scope X - X X
750stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200751stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200752tcp-request content accept - X X -
753tcp-request content reject - X X -
754tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100755timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100756timeout client X X X -
757timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
758timeout connect X - X X
759timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100760timeout http-request X X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100761timeout queue X - X X
762timeout server X - X X
763timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100764timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100765transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200766use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200767----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
768keyword defaults frontend listen backend
769
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100770
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007714.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
772---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100773
774This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
775
776
777acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
778 Declare or complete an access list.
779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
780 no | yes | yes | yes
781 Example:
782 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
783 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
784 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
785
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200786 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100787
788
789appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
790 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
791 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
792 no | no | yes | yes
793 Arguments :
794 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
795 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
796
797 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
798 checked in each cookie value.
799
800 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
801 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
802 milliseconds.
803
804 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
805 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
806 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
807 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
808 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
809 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
810 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
811 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
812 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
813
814 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
815
816 Example :
817 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
818
819 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
820
821
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100822backlog <conns>
823 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
824 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
825 yes | yes | yes | no
826 Arguments :
827 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
828 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
829 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
830
831 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
832 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
833 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
834 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
835 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
836 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
837 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
838 backlog parameter.
839
840 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
841 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
842 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
843
844 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
845
846
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100847balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200848balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100849 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
850 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
851 yes | no | yes | yes
852 Arguments :
853 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
854 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
855 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
856 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
857
858 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
859 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
860 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
861 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
862 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
863
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100864 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
865 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
866 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
867 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
868 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
869 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
870 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
871 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
872
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100873 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
874 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
875 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
876 address will always reach the same server as long as no
877 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
878 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
879 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
880 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
881 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
882 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
883 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
884 fly will have no effect.
885
886 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
887 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
888 result designates which server will receive the request. This
889 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
890 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
891 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
892 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
893 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
894 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
895 effect.
896
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200897 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
898 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
899 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
900 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
901 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
902 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
903 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
904 URIs start with a leading "/".
905
906 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
907 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
908 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
909 evaluation stops when either is reached.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200912 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
913
914 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
915 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
916 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
917 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
918 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
919 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
920 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
921 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
922 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
923 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
924 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
925 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
926 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
927 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
928 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
929 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
930 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
931 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
932 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
933 be randomly balanced if at all.
934
935 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
936 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
937 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
938 server will receive the request.
939
940 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
941 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
942 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
943 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
944 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
945 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
946 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100947
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100948 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
949 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
950 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
951 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
952 algorithm is applied instead.
953
954 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
955 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
956 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
957 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
958
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200960 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
961 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200962
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200963 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200964 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100965
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100966 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
967 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
968 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100969
970 Examples :
971 balance roundrobin
972 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200973 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100974 balance hdr(User-Agent)
975 balance hdr(host)
976 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200977
978 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
979 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
980
981 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
982 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
983 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
984 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
985 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
986
987 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
988 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
989 defaults to 16 kB.
990
991 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
992 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
993
994 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
995 Round Robin.
996
997 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
998 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
999 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1000 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1001
1002 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1003
1004 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1005 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1006 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1007 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1008 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001009
1010 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1011
1012
1013bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001014bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001015bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001016bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001017 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1018 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1019 no | yes | yes | no
1020 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001021 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1022 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1023 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1024 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1025 special address "0.0.0.0".
1026
1027 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1028 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1029 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001030
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001031 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1032 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1033 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1034 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1035 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1036 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1037 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1038 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1039 privileges.
1040
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001041 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1042 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1043 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1044 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1045 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1046 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1047 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1048 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1049
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001050 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1051 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1052 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1053 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1054 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1055 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1056 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1057 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1058 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001059
1060 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1061 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1062 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1063 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1064 in a frontend.
1065
1066 Example :
1067 listen http_proxy
1068 bind :80,:443
1069 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1070
1071 See also : "source".
1072
1073
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001074bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1075 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1076 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1077 yes | yes | yes | yes
1078 Arguments :
1079 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1080 may be used to override a default value.
1081
1082 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1083 option may be combined with other numbers.
1084
1085 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1086 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1087 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1088 missing from all processes.
1089
1090 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1091 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1092 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1093 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1094
1095 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1096 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1097 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1098 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1099 and 'even' instances.
1100
1101 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1102 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1103 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1104 32.
1105
1106 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1107 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1108
1109 Example :
1110 listen app_ip1
1111 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1112 bind_process odd
1113
1114 listen app_ip2
1115 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1116 bind_process even
1117
1118 listen management
1119 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1120 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1121
1122 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1123
1124
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001125block { if | unless } <condition>
1126 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1127 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1128 no | yes | yes | yes
1129
1130 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1131 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001132 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001133 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1134 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1135 "block" statements per instance.
1136
1137 Example:
1138 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1139 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1140 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1141 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1142
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001143 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001144
1145
1146capture cookie <name> len <length>
1147 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1148 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1149 no | yes | yes | no
1150 Arguments :
1151 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1152 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1153 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1154 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1155 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1156
1157 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1158 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1159 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1160 right if it exceeds <length>.
1161
1162 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1163 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1164 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1165 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1166
1167 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1168 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1169 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1170
1171 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1172 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1173 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1174 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1175 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1176 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1177
1178 Example:
1179 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1180
1181 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001182 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001183
1184
1185capture request header <name> len <length>
1186 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1187 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1188 no | yes | yes | no
1189 Arguments :
1190 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001191 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001192 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1193 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1194 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1195
1196 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1197 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1198 it exceeds <length>.
1199
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001200 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001201 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1202 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001203 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1204 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1205 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1206 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1207 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1208 environments to find where the request came from.
1209
1210 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1211 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1212 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1213 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001214
1215 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1216 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1217 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1218 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1219
1220 Example:
1221 capture request header Host len 15
1222 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1223 capture request header Referrer len 15
1224
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001225 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001226 about logging.
1227
1228
1229capture response header <name> len <length>
1230 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1231 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1232 no | yes | yes | no
1233 Arguments :
1234 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001235 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001236 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1237 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1238 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1239
1240 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1241 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1242 it exceeds <length>.
1243
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001244 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001245 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1246 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1247 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001248 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1249 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1250 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1251 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001252
1253 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1254 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1255 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1256 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1257
1258 Example:
1259 capture response header Content-length len 9
1260 capture response header Location len 15
1261
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001262 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001263 about logging.
1264
1265
1266clitimeout <timeout>
1267 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1268 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1269 yes | yes | yes | no
1270 Arguments :
1271 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1272 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1273 as explained at the top of this document.
1274
1275 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1276 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1277 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1278 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1279 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1280 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1281 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1282 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001283 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001284 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1285 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1286
1287 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1288 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1289 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1290 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1291 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1292 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1293
1294 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1295 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1296
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001297 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1298 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001299
1300
1301contimeout <timeout>
1302 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1304 yes | no | yes | yes
1305 Arguments :
1306 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1307 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1308 as explained at the top of this document.
1309
1310 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001311 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001312 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1313 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1314 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1315 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1316 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1317
1318 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1319 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1320 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1321 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1322 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1323 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1324
1325 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1326 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1327 instead.
1328
1329 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1330 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1331
1332
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001333cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1334 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001335 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1336 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1337 yes | no | yes | yes
1338 Arguments :
1339 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1340 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1341 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1342 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1343 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1344 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1345 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1346 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1347 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1348
1349 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1350 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1351 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1352 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1353 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1354 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1355 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1356 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1357 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1358 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1359 "insert" and "prefix".
1360
1361 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1362 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1363 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1364 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1365 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1366 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1367 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1368 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1369 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1370
1371 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1372 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1373 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1374 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1375 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1376 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1377 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1378 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1379 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1380 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1381 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1382
1383 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1384 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1385 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1386 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1387 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1388 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1389 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1390 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1391 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1392 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1393
1394 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1395 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1396 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1397 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1398 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1399 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1400 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1401 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1402 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1403
1404 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1405 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1406 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1407 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1408 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1409 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1410 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1411 persistence cookie in the cache.
1412 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1413
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001414 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1415 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1416 name.
1417
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001418 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1419 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1420 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1421 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001422
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001423 Examples :
1424 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1425 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1426 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1427
1428 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1429
1430
1431default_backend <backend>
1432 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1433 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1434 yes | yes | yes | no
1435 Arguments :
1436 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1437
1438 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1439 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1440 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1441 will catch all undetermined requests.
1442
1443 The "default_backend" keyword is also supported in TCP mode frontends to
1444 facilitate the ordering of configurations in frontends and backends,
1445 eventhough it does not make much more sense in case of TCP due to the fact
1446 that use_backend currently does not work in TCP mode.
1447
1448 Example :
1449
1450 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1451 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1452 default_backend dynamic
1453
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001454 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1455
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001456
1457disabled
1458 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1459 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1460 yes | yes | yes | yes
1461 Arguments : none
1462
1463 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1464 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1465 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1466 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1467 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1468 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1469 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1470
1471 See also : "enabled"
1472
1473
1474enabled
1475 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1476 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1477 yes | yes | yes | yes
1478 Arguments : none
1479
1480 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1481 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1482
1483 See also : "disabled"
1484
1485
1486errorfile <code> <file>
1487 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1488 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1489 yes | yes | yes | yes
1490 Arguments :
1491 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1492 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1493
1494 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001495 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001496 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001497 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1498 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001499
1500 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1501 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1502 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1503
1504 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1505 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1506 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1507 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1508
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001509 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1510 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1511 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1512 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1513 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1514 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1515
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001516 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1517 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1518 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001519 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001520 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1521
1522 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1523
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001524 Example :
1525 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1526 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1527 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1528
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001529
1530errorloc <code> <url>
1531errorloc302 <code> <url>
1532 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1533 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1534 yes | yes | yes | yes
1535 Arguments :
1536 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1537 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1538
1539 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1540 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1541 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1542 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1543 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1544
1545 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1546 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1547 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1548
1549 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1550 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1551 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1552 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1553 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1554 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1555 request.
1556
1557 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1558
1559
1560errorloc303 <code> <url>
1561 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1562 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1563 yes | yes | yes | yes
1564 Arguments :
1565 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1566 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1567
1568 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1569 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1570 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1571 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1572 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1573
1574 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1575 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1576 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1577
1578 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1579 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1580 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1581 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001582 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001583
1584 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1585
1586
1587fullconn <conns>
1588 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1589 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1590 yes | no | yes | yes
1591 Arguments :
1592 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1593 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1594
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001595 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001596 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001597 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001598 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1599 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1600 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1601 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1602 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1603 exceptionnal loads.
1604
1605 Example :
1606 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1607 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1608 # connections.
1609 backend dynamic
1610 fullconn 10000
1611 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1612 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1613
1614 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1615
1616
1617grace <time>
1618 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1619 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1620 no | yes | yes | yes
1621 Arguments :
1622 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1623 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1624 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1625
1626 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1627 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1628 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1629 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1630
1631 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1632 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1633 simplify it.
1634
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001635
1636http-check disable-on-404
1637 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1638 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001639 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001640 Arguments : none
1641
1642 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1643 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1644 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1645 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1646 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1647 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1648 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1649 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1650 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1651
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001652 See also : "option httpchk"
1653
1654
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001655id <value>
1656 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1657 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1658
1659
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001660log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001661log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001662 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1663 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1664 yes | yes | yes | yes
1665 Arguments :
1666 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1667 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1668 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1669 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1670 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1671 parameter.
1672
1673 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1674 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1675
1676 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1677 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1678 standard syslog port).
1679
1680 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1681 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1682 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1683 appropriately writeable).
1684
1685 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1686
1687 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1688 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1689 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1690
1691 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1692 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1693 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001694 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1695 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1696 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1697 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1698 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001699
1700 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1701
1702 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1703 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1704 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1705
1706 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001707 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1708 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1709 "info".
1710
1711 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1712 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1713 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1714 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1715
1716 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1717 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001718
1719 Example :
1720 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001721 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1722 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001723
1724
1725maxconn <conns>
1726 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1727 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1728 yes | yes | yes | no
1729 Arguments :
1730 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1731 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1732 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1733 closes.
1734
1735 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1736 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1737 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1738 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1739 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1740 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1741 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1742 properly tuned.
1743
1744 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1745 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1746 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1747
1748 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1749
1750
1751mode { tcp|http|health }
1752 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1753 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1754 yes | yes | yes | yes
1755 Arguments :
1756 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1757 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1758 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1759 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1760
1761 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1762 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1763 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1764 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1765 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1766
1767 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1768 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1769 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1770 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1771 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1772 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1773
1774 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1775 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1776 will be refused.
1777
1778 Example :
1779 defaults http_instances
1780 mode http
1781
1782 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1783
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001784
1785monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001786 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001787 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1788 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001789 Arguments :
1790 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1791 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1792 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1793 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1794 backend and its backup.
1795
1796 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1797 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1798 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1799 servers in a list of backends.
1800
1801 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1802 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1803 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1804 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1805 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1806 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1807 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001808 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001809
1810 Example:
1811 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001812 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001813 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1814 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1815 monitor-uri /site_alive
1816 monitor fail if site_dead
1817
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001818 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1819
1820
1821monitor-net <source>
1822 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1823 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1824 yes | yes | yes | no
1825 Arguments :
1826 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1827 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1828 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1829 followed by a mask.
1830
1831 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1832 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1833 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1834 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1835
1836 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1837 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1838 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1839 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1840 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1841
1842 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1843 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1844 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1845 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1846 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1847
1848 Example :
1849 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1850 frontend www
1851 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1852
1853 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1854
1855
1856monitor-uri <uri>
1857 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1858 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1859 yes | yes | yes | no
1860 Arguments :
1861 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1862 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1863
1864 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1865 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1866 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1867 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1868 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1869 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1870 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1871 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1872
1873 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1874 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1875 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1876 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1877 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1878 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1879
1880 Example :
1881 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1882 frontend www
1883 mode http
1884 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1885
1886 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1887
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001888
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001889option abortonclose
1890no option abortonclose
1891 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1892 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1893 yes | no | yes | yes
1894 Arguments : none
1895
1896 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1897 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1898 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1899 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001900 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001901 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1902 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1903 encountered while delivering the response.
1904
1905 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1906 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1907 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1908 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1909 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1910 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1911 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1912 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001913 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001914 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1915 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1916 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1917
1918 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1919 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1920 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1921 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1922 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1923 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1924 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1925 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1926 reduces the response time for other users.
1927
1928 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1929 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1930
1931 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1932
1933
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001934option accept-invalid-http-request
1935no option accept-invalid-http-request
1936 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1937 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1938 yes | yes | yes | no
1939 Arguments : none
1940
1941 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1942 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1943 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1944 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1945 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1946 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1947 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1948 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1949 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1950
1951 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1952 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1953 been confirmed.
1954
1955 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1956 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1957 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1958 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1959
1960 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1961 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1962
1963 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1964 stats socket.
1965
1966
1967option accept-invalid-http-response
1968no option accept-invalid-http-response
1969 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1970 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1971 yes | no | yes | yes
1972 Arguments : none
1973
1974 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1975 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1976 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1977 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1978 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1979 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1980 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1981 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1982 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1983
1984 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1985 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1986 been confirmed.
1987
1988 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1989 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
1990 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
1991 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1992
1993 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1994 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1995
1996 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
1997 stats socket.
1998
1999
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002000option allbackups
2001no option allbackups
2002 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2003 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2004 yes | no | yes | yes
2005 Arguments : none
2006
2007 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2008 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2009 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2010 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2011 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2012 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2013 order between the backup servers anymore.
2014
2015 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2016 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2017
2018 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2019 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2020
2021
2022option checkcache
2023no option checkcache
2024 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2025 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2026 yes | no | yes | yes
2027 Arguments : none
2028
2029 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2030 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2031 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2032 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2033 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2034 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2035
2036 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2037 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002038 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002039 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2040 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002041 to the client are :
2042 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002043 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002044 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002045 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2046 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2047 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2048 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2049 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2050 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2051 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2052 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2053 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2054 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2055 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2056
2057 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002058 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002059 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2060 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2061 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2062
2063 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2064 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002065 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002066 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2067
2068 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2069 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2070
2071
2072option clitcpka
2073no option clitcpka
2074 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2075 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2076 yes | yes | yes | no
2077 Arguments : none
2078
2079 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2080 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2081 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2082 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2083
2084 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2085 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2086 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2087 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2088
2089 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2090 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2091 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2092 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2093 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2094
2095 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2096
2097 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2098 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2099 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2100
2101 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2102 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2103
2104 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2105
2106
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002107option contstats
2108 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2109 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2110 yes | yes | yes | no
2111 Arguments : none
2112
2113 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2114 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2115 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2116 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2117 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2118 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2119 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2120
2121
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002122option dontlog-normal
2123no option dontlog-normal
2124 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2125 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2126 yes | yes | yes | no
2127 Arguments : none
2128
2129 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2130 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2131 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2132 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2133 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2134 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2135 logged.
2136
2137 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2138 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2139 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2140
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002141 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002142 logging.
2143
2144
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002145option dontlognull
2146no option dontlognull
2147 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2148 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2149 yes | yes | yes | no
2150 Arguments : none
2151
2152 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2153 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2154 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2155 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2156 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2157 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2158 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2159
2160 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2161 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2162 would not be logged.
2163
2164 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2165 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2166
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002167 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002168
2169
2170option forceclose
2171no option forceclose
2172 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2174 yes | no | yes | yes
2175 Arguments : none
2176
2177 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2178 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2179 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2180 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2181 global session times in the logs.
2182
2183 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2184 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2185 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2186 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2187 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2188
2189 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2190 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2191
2192 See also : "option httpclose"
2193
2194
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002195option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002196 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2197 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2198 yes | yes | yes | yes
2199 Arguments :
2200 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2201 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002202 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2203 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002204
2205 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2206 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2207 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2208 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2209 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2210 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2211 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002212 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2213 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2214 possible that the client has already brought one.
2215
2216 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2217 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2218 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2219 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2220 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2221 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002222
2223 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2224 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2225 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2226 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2227 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2228 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2229 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2230
2231 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002232 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2233 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2234 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002235
2236 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2237 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2238 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2239 when using this option.
2240
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002241 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002242 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2243 frontend www
2244 mode http
2245 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2246
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002247 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2248 backend www
2249 mode http
2250 option forwardfor header X-Client
2251
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002252 See also : "option httpclose"
2253
2254
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002255option httpchk
2256option httpchk <uri>
2257option httpchk <method> <uri>
2258option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2259 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2260 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2261 yes | no | yes | yes
2262 Arguments :
2263 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2264 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2265 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2266 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2267 ones.
2268
2269 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2270 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2271 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2272
2273 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2274 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2275 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2276 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2277 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2278
2279 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2280 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2281 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2282 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2283 the lack of any response.
2284
2285 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2286
2287 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2288 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2289 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2290
2291 Examples :
2292 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2293 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2294 backend https_relay
2295 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002296 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002297 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2298
2299 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2300 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2301
2302
2303option httpclose
2304no option httpclose
2305 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2306 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2307 yes | yes | yes | yes
2308 Arguments : none
2309
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002310 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002311 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2312 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2313 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2314 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2315 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2316 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2317 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2318 be removed.
2319
2320 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2321 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2322 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2323 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2324 the request connection once the server responds.
2325
2326 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2327 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2328 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2329
2330 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2331 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2332
2333 See also : "option forceclose"
2334
2335
2336option httplog
2337 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2338 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2339 yes | yes | yes | yes
2340 Arguments : none
2341
2342 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2343 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2344 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2345 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2346 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2347 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2348 ports.
2349
2350 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2351
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002352 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002353
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002354
2355option http_proxy
2356no option http_proxy
2357 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2359 yes | yes | yes | yes
2360 Arguments : none
2361
2362 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2363 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2364 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2365 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2366 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2367
2368 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2369 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2370 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2371 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2372 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2373 be analyzed.
2374
2375 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2376 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2377
2378 Example :
2379 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2380 backend direct_forward
2381 option httpclose
2382 option http_proxy
2383
2384 See also : "option httpclose"
2385
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002386
2387option log-separate-errors
2388no option log-separate-errors
2389 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2390 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2391 yes | yes | yes | no
2392 Arguments : none
2393
2394 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2395 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2396 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2397 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2398 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2399 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2400 provides very important information.
2401
2402 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2403 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2404 error logs.
2405
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002406 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002407 logging.
2408
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002409
2410option logasap
2411no option logasap
2412 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2413 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2414 yes | yes | yes | no
2415 Arguments : none
2416
2417 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2418 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2419 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2420 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2421 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2422 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2423 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002424 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002425 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2426 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2427
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002428 Examples :
2429 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2430 mode http
2431 option httplog
2432 option logasap
2433 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2434
2435 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2436 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2437 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2438 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2439
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002440 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002441 logging.
2442
2443
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002444option nolinger
2445no option nolinger
2446 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2447 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2448 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002449 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002450
2451 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2452 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2453 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2454 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2455 connections.
2456
2457 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2458 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2459 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2460 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2461 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2462 this too.
2463
2464 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2465 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2466 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2467
2468 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2469 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2470 for servers.
2471
2472 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2473 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2474
2475
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002476option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2477 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2478 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2479 yes | yes | yes | yes
2480 Arguments :
2481 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2482 matching <network>
2483 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2484 header name.
2485
2486 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2487 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2488 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2489 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2490 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2491 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2492 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2493 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2494 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2495 possible that the client has already brought one.
2496
2497 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2498 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2499 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2500 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2501 header and requires different one.
2502
2503 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2504 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2505 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2506 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2507 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2508 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2509 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2510
2511 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2512 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2513 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2514 both are defined.
2515
2516 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2517 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2518 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2519 when using this option.
2520
2521 Examples :
2522 # Original Destination address
2523 frontend www
2524 mode http
2525 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2526
2527 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2528 backend www
2529 mode http
2530 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2531
2532 See also : "option httpclose"
2533
2534
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002535option persist
2536no option persist
2537 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2538 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2539 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002540 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002541
2542 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2543 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2544 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2545 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2546 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2547 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2548 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2549 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2550 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2551 redirected to another valid server.
2552
2553 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2554 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2555
2556 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2557
2558
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002559option redispatch
2560no option redispatch
2561 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2562 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2563 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002564 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002565
2566 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2567 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2568 be able to access the service anymore.
2569
2570 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2571 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2572
2573 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2574 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2575 value.
2576
2577 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2578 "redisp" keywords.
2579
2580 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2581 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2582
2583 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2584
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002585
2586option smtpchk
2587option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2588 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2589 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2590 yes | no | yes | yes
2591 Arguments :
2592 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2593 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2594 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2595
2596 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2597 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2598 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2599
2600 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2601 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2602 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2603 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2604 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2605 dead server.
2606
2607 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2608 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2609 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2610 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2611
2612 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2613 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2614 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2615 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2616 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2617
2618 Example :
2619 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2620
2621 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2622
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002623
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002624option splice-auto
2625no option splice-auto
2626 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2627 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2628 yes | yes | yes | yes
2629 Arguments : none
2630
2631 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2632 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2633 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2634 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2635 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2636 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2637 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2638 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2639 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2640
2641 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2642 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2643 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2644 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2645 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2646 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2647 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2648 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2649 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2650 keyword.
2651
2652 Example :
2653 option splice-auto
2654
2655 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2656 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2657
2658 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2659 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2660
2661
2662option splice-request
2663no option splice-request
2664 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2665 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2666 yes | yes | yes | yes
2667 Arguments : none
2668
2669 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2670 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2671 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2672 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2673 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2674 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2675
2676 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2677
2678 Example :
2679 option splice-request
2680
2681 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2682 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2683
2684 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2685 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2686
2687
2688option splice-response
2689no option splice-response
2690 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2691 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2692 yes | yes | yes | yes
2693 Arguments : none
2694
2695 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2696 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2697 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2698 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2699 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2700 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2701
2702 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2703
2704 Example :
2705 option splice-response
2706
2707 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2708 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2709
2710 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2711 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2712
2713
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002714option srvtcpka
2715no option srvtcpka
2716 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2717 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2718 yes | no | yes | yes
2719 Arguments : none
2720
2721 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2722 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2723 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2724 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2725
2726 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2727 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2728 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2729 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2730
2731 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2732 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2733 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2734 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2735 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2736
2737 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2738
2739 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2740 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2741 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2742
2743 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2744 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2745
2746 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2747
2748
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002749option ssl-hello-chk
2750 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2751 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2752 yes | no | yes | yes
2753 Arguments : none
2754
2755 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2756 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2757 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2758 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2759 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2760 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2761 hello message.
2762
2763 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2764 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2765 messages, which is appreciable.
2766
2767 See also: "option httpchk"
2768
2769
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002770option tcp-smart-accept
2771no option tcp-smart-accept
2772 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2774 yes | yes | yes | no
2775 Arguments : none
2776
2777 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2778 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2779 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2780 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2781 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2782 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2783
2784 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2785 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2786 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2787 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2788
2789 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2790 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2791 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2792 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2793
2794 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2795 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2796 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2797
2798 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2799 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2800 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2801
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002802 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2803
2804
2805option tcp-smart-connect
2806no option tcp-smart-connect
2807 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2808 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2809 yes | no | yes | yes
2810 Arguments : none
2811
2812 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2813 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2814 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2815 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2816 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2817
2818 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2819 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2820 complex.
2821
2822 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2823 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2824 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2825
2826 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2827 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2828
2829 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2830
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002831
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002832option tcpka
2833 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2834 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2835 yes | yes | yes | yes
2836 Arguments : none
2837
2838 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2839 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2840 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2841 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2842
2843 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2844 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2845 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2846 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2847
2848 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2849 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2850 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2851 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2852 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2853
2854 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2855
2856 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2857 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2858 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2859 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2860 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2861 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2862 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2863 backends.
2864
2865 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2866
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002867
2868option tcplog
2869 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2870 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2871 yes | yes | yes | yes
2872 Arguments : none
2873
2874 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2875 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2876 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2877 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2878 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2879 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2880 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2881 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2882
2883 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2884
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002885 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002886
2887
2888option tcpsplice [ experimental ]
2889 Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying
2890 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2891 yes | yes | yes | yes
2892 Arguments : none
2893
2894 This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux
2895 with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available
2896 on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/.
2897
2898 When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have
2899 been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which
2900 will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the
2901 session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and
2902 server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but
2903 there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number
2904 of bytes transferred and the total transfer time.
2905
2906 This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues
2907 caused by corner cases are to be expected.
2908
2909 Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with
2910 CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root.
2911
2912
2913option transparent
2914no option transparent
2915 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2916 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002917 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002918 Arguments : none
2919
2920 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2921 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2922 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2923 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2924 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2925 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2926 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2927 appropriate server.
2928
2929 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2930 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2931
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002932 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2933 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002934
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002935
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002936rate-limit sessions <rate>
2937 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
2938 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2939 yes | yes | yes | no
2940 Arguments :
2941 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
2942 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
2943
2944 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
2945 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
2946 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
2947 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
2948 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
2949 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
2950
2951 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
2952 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
2953 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
2954 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
2955
2956 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
2957 listen smtp
2958 mode tcp
2959 bind :25
2960 rate-limit sessions 10
2961 server 127.0.0.1:1025
2962
2963 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
2964 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
2965
2966 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
2967
2968
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002969redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
2970redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002971 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
2972 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2973 no | yes | yes | yes
2974
2975 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002976 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002977
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002978 Arguments :
2979 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
2980 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
2981 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
2982 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01002983 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
2984 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
2985 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
2986 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002987
2988 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
2989 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
2990 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
2991 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
2992 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
2993 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
2994 location with a GET method.
2995
2996 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
2997 expected behaviour of a redirection :
2998
2999 - "drop-query"
3000 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3001 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3002 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3003 with a location-type redirect.
3004
3005 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3006 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3007 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3008 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3009 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3010 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3011 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3012
3013 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3014 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3015 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3016 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3017 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3018 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3019 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003020
3021 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3022 acl clear dst_port 80
3023 acl secure dst_port 8080
3024 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003025 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003026 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003027 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3028
3029 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003030 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3031 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3032 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003033 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003034
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003035 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003036
3037
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003038redisp (deprecated)
3039redispatch (deprecated)
3040 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3041 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3042 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003043 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003044
3045 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3046 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3047 be able to access the service anymore.
3048
3049 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3050 redistribute them to a working server.
3051
3052 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3053 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3054 value.
3055
3056 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3057 "option redispatch" instead.
3058
3059 See also : "option redispatch"
3060
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003061
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003062reqadd <string>
3063 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3064 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3065 no | yes | yes | yes
3066 Arguments :
3067 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3068 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003069 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003070
3071 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3072 the last header of an HTTP request.
3073
3074 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3075 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3076 responses.
3077
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003078 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003079
3080
3081reqallow <search>
3082reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3083 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3084 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3085 no | yes | yes | yes
3086 Arguments :
3087 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3088 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3089 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3090 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3091 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3092 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3093 ignores case.
3094
3095 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3096 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3097 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3098 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3099 header names are not.
3100
3101 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3102 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3103
3104 Example :
3105 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3106 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3107 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3108
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003109 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003110 manipulation
3111
3112
3113reqdel <search>
3114reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3115 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3116 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3117 no | yes | yes | yes
3118 Arguments :
3119 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3120 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3121 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3122 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3123 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3124 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3125
3126 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3127 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3128 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3129 next servers.
3130
3131 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3132 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3133 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3134
3135 Example :
3136 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3137 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3138 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3139
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003140 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003141 manipulation
3142
3143
3144reqdeny <search>
3145reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3146 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3147 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3148 no | yes | yes | yes
3149 Arguments :
3150 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3151 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3152 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3153 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3154 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3155 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3156 case.
3157
3158 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3159 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3160 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3161 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3162 header names are not.
3163
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003164 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003165 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003166 using ACLs.
3167
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003168 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3169 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3170
3171 Example :
3172 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3173 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3174 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3175
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003176 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003177 header manipulation
3178
3179
3180reqpass <search>
3181reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3182 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3183 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3184 no | yes | yes | yes
3185 Arguments :
3186 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3187 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3188 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3189 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3190 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3191 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3192 case.
3193
3194 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3195 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3196 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3197 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3198
3199 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3200 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3201
3202 Example :
3203 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3204 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3205 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3206 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3207
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003208 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003209 header manipulation
3210
3211
3212reqrep <search> <string>
3213reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3214 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3215 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3216 no | yes | yes | yes
3217 Arguments :
3218 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3219 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3220 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3221 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3222 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3223 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3224
3225 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3226 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3227 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3228 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003229 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003230
3231 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3232 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3233 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3234
3235 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3236 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3237 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3238 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3239 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3240
3241 Example :
3242 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3243 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3244 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3245 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3246
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003247 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003248 manipulation
3249
3250
3251reqtarpit <search>
3252reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3253 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3254 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3255 no | yes | yes | yes
3256 Arguments :
3257 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3258 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3259 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3260 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3261 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3262 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3263 ignores case.
3264
3265 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3266 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003267 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3268 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3269 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003270 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3271 not set.
3272
3273 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3274 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3275 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3276 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3277 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3278
3279 Example :
3280 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3281 # block all others.
3282 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3283 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3284
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003285 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003286 manipulation
3287
3288
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003289retries <value>
3290 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3291 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3292 yes | no | yes | yes
3293 Arguments :
3294 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3295 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3296 default value is 3.
3297
3298 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3299 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3300 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3301
3302 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3303 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3304
3305 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3306 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3307
3308 See also : "option redispatch"
3309
3310
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003311rspadd <string>
3312 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3313 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3314 no | yes | yes | yes
3315 Arguments :
3316 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3317 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003318 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003319
3320 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3321 the last header of an HTTP response.
3322
3323 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3324 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3325 responses.
3326
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003327 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003328
3329
3330rspdel <search>
3331rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3332 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3334 no | yes | yes | yes
3335 Arguments :
3336 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3337 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3338 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3339 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3340 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3341 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3342 ignores case.
3343
3344 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3345 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3346 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3347 client.
3348
3349 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3350 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3351 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3352
3353 Example :
3354 # remove the Server header from responses
3355 reqidel ^Server:.*
3356
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003357 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003358 manipulation
3359
3360
3361rspdeny <search>
3362rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3363 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3364 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3365 no | yes | yes | yes
3366 Arguments :
3367 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3368 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3369 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3370 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3371 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3372 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3373 ignores case.
3374
3375 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3376 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3377 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3378 case-sensitive.
3379
3380 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003381 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3382 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3383 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003384
3385 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3386 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3387
3388 Example :
3389 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3390 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003392 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003393 manipulation
3394
3395
3396rsprep <search> <string>
3397rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3398 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3399 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3400 no | yes | yes | yes
3401 Arguments :
3402 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3403 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3404 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3405 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3406 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3407 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3408 ignores case.
3409
3410 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3411 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3412 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3413 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003414 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003415
3416 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3417 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3418 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3419
3420 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3421 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3422 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3423 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3424 are not case-sensitive.
3425
3426 Example :
3427 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3428 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3429
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003430 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003431 manipulation
3432
3433
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003434server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3435 Declare a server in a backend
3436 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3437 no | no | yes | yes
3438 Arguments :
3439 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3440 appear in logs and alerts.
3441
3442 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3443 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3444 start-up.
3445
3446 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3447 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3448 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3449 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3450 adding this value to the client's port.
3451
3452 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3453 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003454 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003455
3456 Examples :
3457 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3458 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3459
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003460 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003461
3462
3463source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003464source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003465 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3466 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3467 yes | no | yes | yes
3468 Arguments :
3469 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3470 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3471 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3472 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3473
3474 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3475 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003476 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3477 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3478 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003479
3480 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3481 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3482 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3483 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3484 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3485 <addr>.
3486
3487 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3488 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3489 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3490 port.
3491
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003492 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3493 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3494 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3495 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3496 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3497 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3498
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003499 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3500 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3501 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3502 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3503
3504 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3505 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3506 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3507 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3508 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3509 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3510
3511 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3512 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3513 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3514 there are two methods :
3515
3516 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3517 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3518 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3519 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3520 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3521 of the client ranges may be used.
3522
3523 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3524 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3525 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3526 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3527 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3528 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3529 same session.
3530
3531 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3532 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3533 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3534 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3535 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3536 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3537
3538 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3539 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3540 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003541 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003542
3543 Examples :
3544 backend private
3545 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3546 source 192.168.1.200
3547
3548 backend transparent_ssl1
3549 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3550 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3551
3552 backend transparent_ssl2
3553 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3554 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3555 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3556
3557 backend transparent_ssl3
3558 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3559 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3560 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3561
3562 backend transparent_smtp
3563 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3564 # with Tproxy version 4.
3565 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3566
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003567 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003568 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3569
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003570
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003571srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3572 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3573 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3574 yes | no | yes | yes
3575 Arguments :
3576 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3577 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3578 as explained at the top of this document.
3579
3580 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3581 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3582 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3583 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3584 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3585 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3586 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3587
3588 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3589 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3590 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3591 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3592 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003593 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003594 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3595 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3596
3597 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3598 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3599 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3600 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3601 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3602 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3603
3604 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3605 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3606
3607 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3608
3609
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003610stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3611 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3612 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3613 yes | no | yes | yes
3614 Arguments :
3615 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3616
3617 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3618
3619 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3620 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3621 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3622 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3623 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3624 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3625
3626 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3627 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3628 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3629 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3630
3631 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3632 report using "stats scope".
3633
3634 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3635 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3636 unobvious parameters.
3637
3638 Example :
3639 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3640 backend public_www
3641 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3642 stats enable
3643 stats hide-version
3644 stats scope .
3645 stats uri /admin?stats
3646 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3647 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3648 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3649
3650 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3651 backend private_monitoring
3652 stats enable
3653 stats uri /admin?stats
3654 stats refresh 5s
3655
3656 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3657
3658
3659stats enable
3660 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3661 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3662 yes | no | yes | yes
3663 Arguments : none
3664
3665 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3666 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3667 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3668 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3669 - stats auth : no authentication
3670 - stats scope : no restriction
3671
3672 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3673 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3674 unobvious parameters.
3675
3676 Example :
3677 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3678 backend public_www
3679 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3680 stats enable
3681 stats hide-version
3682 stats scope .
3683 stats uri /admin?stats
3684 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3685 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3686 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3687
3688 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3689 backend private_monitoring
3690 stats enable
3691 stats uri /admin?stats
3692 stats refresh 5s
3693
3694 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3695
3696
3697stats realm <realm>
3698 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3699 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3700 yes | no | yes | yes
3701 Arguments :
3702 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3703 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3704 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3705
3706 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3707 using a backslash ('\').
3708
3709 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3710 only related to authentication.
3711
3712 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3713 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3714 unobvious parameters.
3715
3716 Example :
3717 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3718 backend public_www
3719 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3720 stats enable
3721 stats hide-version
3722 stats scope .
3723 stats uri /admin?stats
3724 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3725 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3726 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3727
3728 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3729 backend private_monitoring
3730 stats enable
3731 stats uri /admin?stats
3732 stats refresh 5s
3733
3734 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3735
3736
3737stats refresh <delay>
3738 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3740 yes | no | yes | yes
3741 Arguments :
3742 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3743 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3744 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3745 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3746 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3747 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3748
3749 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3750 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3751 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3752 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3753
3754 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3755 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3756 unobvious parameters.
3757
3758 Example :
3759 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3760 backend public_www
3761 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3762 stats enable
3763 stats hide-version
3764 stats scope .
3765 stats uri /admin?stats
3766 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3767 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3768 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3769
3770 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3771 backend private_monitoring
3772 stats enable
3773 stats uri /admin?stats
3774 stats refresh 5s
3775
3776 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3777
3778
3779stats scope { <name> | "." }
3780 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3781 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3782 yes | no | yes | yes
3783 Arguments :
3784 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3785 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3786 section in which the statement appears.
3787
3788 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3789 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3790 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3791 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3792 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3793 exists.
3794
3795 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3796 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3797 unobvious parameters.
3798
3799 Example :
3800 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3801 backend public_www
3802 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3803 stats enable
3804 stats hide-version
3805 stats scope .
3806 stats uri /admin?stats
3807 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3808 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3809 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3810
3811 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3812 backend private_monitoring
3813 stats enable
3814 stats uri /admin?stats
3815 stats refresh 5s
3816
3817 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3818
3819
3820stats uri <prefix>
3821 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3822 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3823 yes | no | yes | yes
3824 Arguments :
3825 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3826 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3827 query string.
3828
3829 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3830 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3831 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3832 possible to reach it in the application.
3833
3834 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3835 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3836 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3837 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3838 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3839 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3840
3841 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3842 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3843 an address or a port to statistics only.
3844
3845 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3846 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3847 unobvious parameters.
3848
3849 Example :
3850 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3851 backend public_www
3852 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3853 stats enable
3854 stats hide-version
3855 stats scope .
3856 stats uri /admin?stats
3857 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3858 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3859 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3860
3861 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3862 backend private_monitoring
3863 stats enable
3864 stats uri /admin?stats
3865 stats refresh 5s
3866
3867 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3868
3869
3870stats hide-version
3871 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3872 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3873 yes | no | yes | yes
3874 Arguments : none
3875
3876 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3877 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3878 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3879 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3880 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3881 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3882
3883 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3884 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3885 unobvious parameters.
3886
3887 Example :
3888 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3889 backend public_www
3890 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3891 stats enable
3892 stats hide-version
3893 stats scope .
3894 stats uri /admin?stats
3895 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3896 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3897 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3898
3899 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3900 backend private_monitoring
3901 stats enable
3902 stats uri /admin?stats
3903 stats refresh 5s
3904
3905 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3906
3907
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003908tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3909 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3910 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3911 no | yes | yes | no
3912
3913 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3914 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3915 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3916 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3917 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3918 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3919 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3920 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3921
3922 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3923 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3924
3925 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3926 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3927 "reject" statement.
3928
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003929 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003930
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003931 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003932
3933
3934tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
3935 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3936 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3937 no | yes | yes | no
3938
3939 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
3940 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3941 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3942 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3943 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3944 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3945 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3946 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3947
3948 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3949 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3950
3951 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
3952 "accept".
3953
3954 Example:
3955 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
3956 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3957 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3958 tcp-request reject if content_present
3959
3960 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
3961 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3962 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3963 tcp-request accept if content_present
3964 tcp-request reject
3965
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003966 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003967
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003968 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003969
3970
3971tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
3972 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
3973 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3974 no | yes | yes | no
3975 Arguments :
3976 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3977 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3978 as explained at the top of this document.
3979
3980 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
3981 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
3982 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
3983 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
3984 data for at most the specified amount of time.
3985
3986 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
3987 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
3988 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
3989 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01003990 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
3991 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
3992 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
3993 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003994
3995 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
3996 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
3997 it pass through unaffected.
3998
3999 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4000 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4001 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4002 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4003 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4004 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4005 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4006
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004007 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004008 "timeout client".
4009
4010
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004011timeout check <timeout>
4012 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4013 established.
4014
4015 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4016 yes | no | yes | yes
4017 Arguments:
4018 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4019 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4020 as explained at the top of this document.
4021
4022 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4023 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4024 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4025 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4026 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4027 long "timeout connect".
4028
4029 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4030 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4031
4032 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4033 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004034 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004035
4036 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4037 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4038 forget about it.
4039
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004040 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4041 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004042
4043
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004044timeout client <timeout>
4045timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4046 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4047 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4048 yes | yes | yes | no
4049 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004050 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004051 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4052 as explained at the top of this document.
4053
4054 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4055 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4056 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4057 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4058 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4059 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4060 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4061 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004062 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004063 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4064 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4065
4066 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4067 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4068 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4069 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4070 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4071 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4072
4073 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4074 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4075 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4076
4077 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4078
4079
4080timeout connect <timeout>
4081timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4082 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4083 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4084 yes | no | yes | yes
4085 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004086 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004087 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4088 as explained at the top of this document.
4089
4090 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004091 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004092 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4093 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004094 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4095 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004096
4097 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4098 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4099 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4100 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4101 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4102 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4103
4104 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4105 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4106 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4107
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004108 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4109 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004110
4111
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004112timeout http-request <timeout>
4113 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4114 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4115 yes | yes | yes | no
4116 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004117 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004118 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4119 as explained at the top of this document.
4120
4121 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4122 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4123 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4124 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4125 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4126 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4127 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4128 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4129
4130 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4131 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4132 used anymore.
4133
4134 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4135 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4136 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4137 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4138 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4139
4140 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
4141 chunk of the incoming request.
4142
4143 See also : "timeout client".
4144
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004145
4146timeout queue <timeout>
4147 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4148 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4149 yes | no | yes | yes
4150 Arguments :
4151 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4152 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4153 as explained at the top of this document.
4154
4155 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4156 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4157 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4158 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4159 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4160
4161 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4162 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4163 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4164 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4165
4166 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4167
4168
4169timeout server <timeout>
4170timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4171 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4172 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4173 yes | no | yes | yes
4174 Arguments :
4175 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4176 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4177 as explained at the top of this document.
4178
4179 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4180 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4181 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4182 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4183 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4184 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4185 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4186
4187 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4188 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4189 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4190 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4191 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004192 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004193 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4194 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4195
4196 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4197 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4198 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4199 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4200 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4201 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4202
4203 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4204 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4205 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4206
4207 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4208
4209
4210timeout tarpit <timeout>
4211 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4212 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4213 yes | yes | yes | yes
4214 Arguments :
4215 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4216 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4217 as explained at the top of this document.
4218
4219 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4220 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4221 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4222
4223 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4224 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4225 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4226 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4227 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4228
4229 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4230
4231
4232transparent (deprecated)
4233 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4234 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004235 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004236 Arguments : none
4237
4238 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4239 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4240 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4241 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4242 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4243 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4244 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4245 appropriate server.
4246
4247 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4248
4249 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4250 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4251
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004252 See also: "option transparent"
4253
4254
4255use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4256use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
4257 Switch to a specific backend if/unless a Layer 7 condition is matched.
4258 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4259 no | yes | yes | no
4260 Arguments :
4261 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4262
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004263 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004264
4265 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4266 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4267 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
4268 "use_backend" keyword. This is supported only in HTTP mode.
4269
4270 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4271 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4272 assign the backend.
4273
4274 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4275 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4276 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4277 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4278 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4279 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4280
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004281 See also: "default_backend" and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004282
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004283
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020042845. Server options
4285-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004286
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004287The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4288as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4289not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4290(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4291the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4292specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004293
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004294 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004295
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004296The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004297
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004298addr <ipv4>
4299 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4300 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4301 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4302 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4303 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004304
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004305backup
4306 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4307 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4308 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4309 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4310 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4311 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004312
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004313check
4314 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4315 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4316 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4317 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4318 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4319 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4320 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4321 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4322 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4323 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4324 more information.
4325
4326cookie <value>
4327 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4328 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4329 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4330 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4331 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4332 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4333 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4334
4335fall <count>
4336 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4337 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4338 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4339
4340id <value>
4341 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4342 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4343
4344inter <delay>
4345fastinter <delay>
4346downinter <delay>
4347 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4348 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4349 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4350 between checks depending on the server state :
4351
4352 Server state | Interval used
4353 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4354 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4355 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4356 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4357 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4358 or yet unchecked. |
4359 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4360 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4361 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4362
4363 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4364 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4365 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4366 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4367 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4368 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4369 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4370 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4371 servers.
4372
4373maxconn <maxconn>
4374 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4375 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4376 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4377 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4378 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4379 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4380 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4381 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4382
4383maxqueue <maxqueue>
4384 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4385 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4386 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4387 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4388 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4389 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4390 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4391
4392minconn <minconn>
4393 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4394 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4395 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4396 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4397 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4398 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4399 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4400 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4401
4402port <port>
4403 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4404 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4405 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4406 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4407 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4408 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4409
4410redir <prefix>
4411 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4412 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4413 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4414 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4415 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4416 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4417 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4418 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4419 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4420 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4421 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4422 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4423 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4424 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4425
4426 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4427
4428rise <count>
4429 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4430 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4431 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4432
4433slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4434 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4435 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4436 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4437 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4438 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4439 parameters :
4440
4441 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4442 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4443
4444 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4445 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4446 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4447 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4448
4449 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4450 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4451 seen as failed.
4452
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004453source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4454source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004455 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4456 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4457 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4458 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4459
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004460 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4461 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4462 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4463 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4464 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4465 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4466 server.
4467
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004468track [<proxy>/]<server>
4469 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4470 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4471 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4472 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4473 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4474
4475weight <weight>
4476 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4477 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4478 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004479 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4480 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4481 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4482 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4483 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4484 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004485
4486
44876. HTTP header manipulation
4488---------------------------
4489
4490In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4491response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4492request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4493which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4494against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4495to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4496passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4497headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4498never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4499
4500This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4501in section 4.2 :
4502
4503 - reqadd <string>
4504 - reqallow <search>
4505 - reqiallow <search>
4506 - reqdel <search>
4507 - reqidel <search>
4508 - reqdeny <search>
4509 - reqideny <search>
4510 - reqpass <search>
4511 - reqipass <search>
4512 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4513 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4514 - reqtarpit <search>
4515 - reqitarpit <search>
4516 - rspadd <string>
4517 - rspdel <search>
4518 - rspidel <search>
4519 - rspdeny <search>
4520 - rspideny <search>
4521 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4522 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4523
4524With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4525is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4526parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4527prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4528Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4529
4530 \t for a tab
4531 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4532 \n for a new line (LF)
4533 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4534 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4535 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4536 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4537 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4538
4539The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4540portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4541above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4542regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
45439 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4544is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4545
4546The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4547after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4548
4549Notes related to these keywords :
4550---------------------------------
4551 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4552 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4553 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4554
4555 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4556 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4557 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4558
4559 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4560 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4561 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4562 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4563 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4564
4565 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4566 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4567 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4568 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4569 useless headers before adding new ones.
4570
4571 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4572 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4573
4574 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4575 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4576 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4577
4578 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4579 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4580 before switching.
4581
4582
45837. Using ACLs
4584-------------
4585
4586The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4587content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4588from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4589simple :
4590
4591 - define test criteria with sets of values
4592 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4593
4594The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4595
4596In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4597
4598 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4599
4600This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4601Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4602and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4603an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4604of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4605
4606ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4607'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4608which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4609
4610There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4611performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4612
4613The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4614
4615 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004616 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4617
4618Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004619
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004620 - integers or integer ranges
4621 - strings
4622 - regular expressions
4623 - IP addresses and networks
4624
4625
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046267.1. Matching integers
4627----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004628
4629Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4630that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4631expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4632may be omitted.
4633
4634For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4635unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4636representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4637
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004638As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4639two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4640instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4641ranges and operators.
4642
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004643For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004644operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4645Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4646of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004647
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004648Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004649
4650 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4651 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4652 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4653 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4654 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4655
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004656For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004657
4658 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4659
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004660This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4661
4662 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4663
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004664
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046657.2. Matching strings
4666---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004667
4668String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4669exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4670characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4671string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4672to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004673before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004674
4675
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046767.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4677-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004678
4679Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4680they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4681possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4682passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4683the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004684the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4685match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004686
4687
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046887.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4689----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004690
4691IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4692netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4693within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004694host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004695difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4696at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4697does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4698parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004699
4700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047017.5. Available matching criteria
4702--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004703
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047047.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4705------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004706
4707A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4708analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4709addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004711always_false
4712 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4713 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4714
4715always_true
4716 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4717 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4718
4719src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004720 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004721 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4722 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4723
4724src_port <integer>
4725 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4726
4727dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004728 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004729 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4730
4731dst_port <integer>
4732 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4733 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4734
4735dst_conn <integer>
4736 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4737 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004738 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004739 when the farm is considered saturated.
4740
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004741nbsrv <integer>
4742nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4743 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4744 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4745 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4746 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4747 "monitor fail".
4748
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004749connslots <integer>
4750connslots(backend) <integer>
4751 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004752 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004753 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4754
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004755 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4756 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004757
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004758 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4759 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4760 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4761 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4762 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4763 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4764 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004765
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004766 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4767 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4768 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4769 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004770
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004771fe_sess_rate <integer>
4772fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4773 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4774 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4775 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4776 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4777 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4778 the rate to go down below the limit.
4779
4780 Example :
4781 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4782 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4783 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4784 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4785 frontend mail
4786 bind :25
4787 mode tcp
4788 maxconn 100
4789 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4790 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4791 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4792 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4793
4794be_sess_rate <integer>
4795be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4796 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4797 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4798 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4799 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4800 sucking of an online dictionary).
4801
4802 Example :
4803 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4804 backend dynamic
4805 mode http
4806 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4807 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4808
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004809
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048107.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4811-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004812
4813A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4814during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4815through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4816for more detailed information on the subject.
4817
4818req_len <integer>
4819 Returns true when the lenght of the data in the request buffer matches the
4820 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4821 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4822 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4823 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4824 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4825 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4826
4827req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4828 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4829 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4830 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4831 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4832 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4833 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4834 with TCP request content inspection.
4835
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004836wait_end
4837 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4838 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4839 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4840 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4841 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4842 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4843 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4844 inspection.
4845
4846 Examples :
4847 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4848 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4849 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4850
4851 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4852 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4853 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4854 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4855 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4856 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4857 tcp-request content reject
4858
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004859
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048607.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4861--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004862
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004863A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004864application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4865read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4866than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4867
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004868method <string>
4869 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4870 already check for most common methods.
4871
4872req_ver <string>
4873 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4874 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4875
4876path <string>
4877 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4878 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4879 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4880
4881path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004882 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4883 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004884
4885path_end <string>
4886 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4887 control file name extension.
4888
4889path_sub <string>
4890 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4891 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4892 "path_dir".
4893
4894path_dir <string>
4895 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4896 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4897 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4898 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
4899
4900path_dom <string>
4901 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4902 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
4903 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
4904
4905path_reg <regex>
4906 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4907 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4908 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
4909
4910url <string>
4911 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
4912 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
4913
4914url_beg <string>
4915 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
4916 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
4917
4918url_end <string>
4919 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
4920 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
4921
4922url_sub <string>
4923 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4924 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
4925
4926url_dir <string>
4927 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4928 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4929 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4930 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
4931
4932url_dom <string>
4933 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4934 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
4935 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
4936
4937url_reg <regex>
4938 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4939 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4940 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
4941
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004942url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004943 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
4944 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004945 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004946
4947url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004948 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
4949 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004950 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004951 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004952
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004953hdr <string>
4954hdr(header) <string>
4955 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
4956 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004957 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
4958 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004959
4960 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004961 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004962 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
4963
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004964 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004965
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004966hdr_beg <string>
4967hdr_beg(header) <string>
4968 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
4969 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004970
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004971hdr_end <string>
4972hdr_end(header) <string>
4973 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
4974 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004975
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004976hdr_sub <string>
4977hdr_sub(header) <string>
4978 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
4979 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004980
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004981hdr_dir <string>
4982hdr_dir(header) <string>
4983 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4984 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
4985 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
4986 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004987
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004988hdr_dom <string>
4989hdr_dom(header) <string>
4990 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4991 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
4992 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
4993 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004994
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004995hdr_reg <regex>
4996hdr_reg(header) <regex>
4997 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
4998 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
4999 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5000 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005001
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005002hdr_val <integer>
5003hdr_val(header) <integer>
5004 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5005 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5006 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5007 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005008
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005009hdr_cnt <integer>
5010hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5011 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5012 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5013 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5014 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5015 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5016 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005017
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005018
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050197.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5020---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005021
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005022Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5023every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5024order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5025only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005026
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005027ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5028---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5029TRUE always_true always match
5030FALSE always_false never match
5031LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
5032HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5033HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5034METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5035METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5036METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5037METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5038METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5039METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5040HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5041HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5042HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5043HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
5044REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5045WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5046---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005047
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005048
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050497.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5050----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005051
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005052Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5053combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005054
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005055 - AND (implicit)
5056 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5057 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005058
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005059A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005060
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005061 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005062
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005063Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5064indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005065
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005066For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5067"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5068requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5069is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005070
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005071 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5072 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5073 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5074 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005075
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005076To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5077and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005078
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005079 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5080 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5081 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5082 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005083
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005084 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5085 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5086 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5087 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005088
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005089See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005090
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005091
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050928. Logging
5093----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005094
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005095One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5096provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5097very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5098provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5099state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5100to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5101headers.
5102
5103In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5104about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5105send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5106
5107 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5108 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5109 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5110 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5111 at the termination.
5112
5113The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5114allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5115as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5116while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5117real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5118delay.
5119
5120
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051218.1. Log levels
5122---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005123
5124TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5125source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5126HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5127in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5128particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005129syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005130facilities.
5131
5132
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051338.2. Log formats
5134----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005135
5136HAProxy supports 3 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
5137and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5138the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5139formats are the following ones :
5140
5141 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5142 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5143 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5144 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5145 extents.
5146
5147 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5148 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5149 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5150 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5151 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5152
5153 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5154 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5155 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5156 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5157 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5158
5159Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5160specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5161field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5162servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5163always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5164identifier.
5165
5166Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5167 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5168 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5169 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5170 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5171
5172
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051738.2.1. Default log format
5174-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005175
5176This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5177as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5178format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5179
5180 Example :
5181 listen www
5182 mode http
5183 log global
5184 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5185
5186 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5187 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5188 (www/HTTP)
5189
5190 Field Format Extract from the example above
5191 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5192 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5193 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5194 4 'to' to
5195 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5196 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5197
5198Detailed fields description :
5199 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5200 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5201 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5202 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5203 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5204 and processed the connection.
5205 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5206
5207It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5208will eventually disappear.
5209
5210
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052118.2.2. TCP log format
5212---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005213
5214The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5215is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5216information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5217counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5218emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5219environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5220the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5221sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005222specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5223not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5224fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5225marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005226
5227 Example :
5228 frontend fnt
5229 mode tcp
5230 option tcplog
5231 log global
5232 default_backend bck
5233
5234 backend bck
5235 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5236
5237 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5238 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5239 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5240
5241 Field Format Extract from the example above
5242 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5243 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5244 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5245 4 frontend_name fnt
5246 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5247 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5248 7 bytes_read* 212
5249 8 termination_state --
5250 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5251 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5252
5253Detailed fields description :
5254 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5255 connection to haproxy.
5256
5257 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5258
5259 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5260 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5261 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5262 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5263
5264 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5265 and processed the connection.
5266
5267 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5268 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5269 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5270 applications.
5271
5272 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5273 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5274 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5275 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5276 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5277
5278 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5279 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5280 See "Timers" below for more details.
5281
5282 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5283 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5284 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5285 "Timers" below for more details.
5286
5287 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5288 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5289 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5290 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5291 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5292 details.
5293
5294 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5295 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5296 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5297 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5298 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5299
5300 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5301 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5302 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5303 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5304 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5305 for more details.
5306
5307 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5308 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5309 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5310 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5311 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005312 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005313
5314 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5315 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5316 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5317 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5318 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5319 caused by a denial of service attack.
5320
5321 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5322 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5323 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5324 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5325 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5326 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5327 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5328 denial of service attack.
5329
5330 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5331 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5332 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5333 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5334 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5335 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5336 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5337 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5338 be processed than on other servers.
5339
5340 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5341 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5342 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5343 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5344 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5345 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5346 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5347 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5348 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5349 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5350 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5351 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5352 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5353
5354 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5355 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5356 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5357 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5358 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5359 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5360 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5361 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5362
5363 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5364 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5365 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5366 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5367 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5368 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5369 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5370 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5371 occurs.
5372
5373
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053748.2.3. HTTP log format
5375----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005376
5377The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5378is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5379the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5380are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5381emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5382generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5383"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5384which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005385frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5386is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005387
5388Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5389slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5390with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5391
5392 Example :
5393 frontend http-in
5394 mode http
5395 option httplog
5396 log global
5397 default_backend bck
5398
5399 backend static
5400 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5401
5402 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5403 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5404 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5405 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5406
5407 Field Format Extract from the example above
5408 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5409 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5410 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5411 4 frontend_name http-in
5412 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5413 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5414 7 status_code 200
5415 8 bytes_read* 2750
5416 9 captured_request_cookie -
5417 10 captured_response_cookie -
5418 11 termination_state ----
5419 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5420 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5421 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5422 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5423 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5424
5425
5426Detailed fields description :
5427 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5428 connection to haproxy.
5429
5430 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5431
5432 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5433 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5434 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5435 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5436 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5437
5438 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5439 and processed the connection.
5440
5441 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5442 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5443 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5444
5445 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5446 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5447 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5448 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5449 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5450 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5451
5452 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5453 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5454 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5455 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5456 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5457 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5458
5459 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5460 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5461 See "Timers" below for more details.
5462
5463 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5464 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5465 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5466 below for more details.
5467
5468 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5469 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5470 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5471 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5472 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5473 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5474 for more details.
5475
5476 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5477 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5478 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5479 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5480 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5481 details.
5482
5483 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5484 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5485 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5486
5487 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5488 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5489 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5490 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5491 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5492 overflowing.
5493
5494 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5495 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5496 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5497 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5498 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5499 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5500 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5501 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5502
5503 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5504 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5505 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5506 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5507 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5508 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5509 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5510 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5511
5512 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5513 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5514 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5515 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5516 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5517 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5518 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5519
5520 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5521 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5522 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5523 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5524 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005525 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005526 system.
5527
5528 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5529 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5530 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5531 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5532 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5533 caused by a denial of service attack.
5534
5535 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5536 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5537 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5538 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5539 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5540 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5541 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5542 denial of service attack.
5543
5544 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5545 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5546 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5547 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5548 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5549 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5550 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5551 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5552 processed than on other servers.
5553
5554 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5555 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5556 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5557 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5558 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5559 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5560 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5561 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5562 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5563 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5564 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5565 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5566 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5567
5568 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5569 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5570 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5571 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5572 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5573 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5574 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5575 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5576
5577 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5578 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5579 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5580 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5581 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5582 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5583 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5584 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5585 occurs.
5586
5587 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5588 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5589 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5590 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5591 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5592 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5593 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5594 cookies" below for more details.
5595
5596 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5597 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5598 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5599 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5600 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5601 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5602 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5603 and cookies" below for more details.
5604
5605 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5606 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5607 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5608 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5609 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5610 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5611 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5612 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5613
5614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056158.3. Advanced logging options
5616-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005617
5618Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5619just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5620options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5621for more information about their usage.
5622
5623
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056248.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5625------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005626
5627It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5628haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5629commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5630monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5631ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5632
5633 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5634 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5635 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5636 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5637
5638 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5639 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5640 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5641 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5642 such as other load-balancers.
5643
5644 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5645 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5646 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5647
5648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056498.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5650----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005651
5652The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5653what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5654or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5655"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5656just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5657log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5658after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5659is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5660with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5661with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5662
5663
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056648.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5665------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005666
5667Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5668for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5669"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5670retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5671raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5672a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5673file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5674you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5675"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5676
5677
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056788.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5679--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005680
5681Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5682multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5683them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5684"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5685logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5686error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5687and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5688too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5689useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5690alternative.
5691
5692
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056938.4. Timing events
5694------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005695
5696Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5697reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5698the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5699frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5700mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5701
5702 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5703 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5704 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5705 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5706 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5707
5708 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5709 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5710 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5711 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5712 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5713
5714 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5715 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5716 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5717 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5718 connection never established.
5719
5720 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5721 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5722 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5723 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5724 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5725 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5726 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5727 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5728 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5729 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5730 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5731
5732 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5733 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5734 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5735 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5736 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5737
5738 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5739
5740 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5741 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5742 negative.
5743
5744These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5745protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5746that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5747due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5748close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5749session has been aborted on timeout.
5750
5751Most common cases :
5752
5753 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5754 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5755 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5756 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5757 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5758 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5759 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5760 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5761 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5762 connections have been accepted at once.
5763
5764 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5765 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5766 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5767 of ms on remote networks.
5768
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005769 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5770 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5771 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005772
5773 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5774 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5775 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5776 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5777 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5778 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5779 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5780 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5781 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5782 to the server until another one is released.
5783
5784Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5785
5786 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5787 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5788 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5789
5790 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5791 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5792 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5793
5794 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5795 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5796 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5797 flags.
5798
5799 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5800 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5801 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5802 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5803 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5804 the client connection was maintained open.
5805
5806 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5807 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5808 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5809 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5810
5811
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058128.5. Session state at disconnection
5813-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005814
5815TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5816"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
58172-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5818each of which has a special meaning :
5819
5820 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5821 session to terminate :
5822
5823 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5824
5825 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5826 server explicitly refused it.
5827
5828 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5829 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5830 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5831 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5832 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5833 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5834
5835 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5836 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5837 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5838 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5839 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5840
5841 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5842 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5843 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5844 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5845 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5846
5847 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5848 send or receive data.
5849
5850 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5851 send or receive data.
5852
5853 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5854 with nothing left in the buffers.
5855
5856 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5857
5858 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5859 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5860
5861 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5862 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5863 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5864 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5865 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5866
5867 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5868 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5869
5870 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5871 server (HTTP only).
5872
5873 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5874
5875 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5876 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5877 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5878
5879 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5880 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5881 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5882
5883 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5884
5885 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5886 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5887
5888 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
5889 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
5890 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
5891
5892 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
5893 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
5894 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
5895
5896 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
5897 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
5898 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
5899 another server.
5900
5901 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
5902 server.
5903
5904 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5905
5906 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
5907 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
5908
5909 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
5910
5911 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
5912 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
5913 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
5914
5915 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
5916
5917 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
5918 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
5919
5920 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
5921
5922 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5923
5924The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
5925happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
5926helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
5927starvation, attacks, etc...
5928
5929The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
5930alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
5931easier finding and understanding.
5932
5933 Flags Reason
5934
5935 -- Normal termination.
5936
5937 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
5938 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
5939 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
5940 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
5941
5942 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
5943 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
5944 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
5945 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
5946 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
5947 by the client.
5948
5949 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5950 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
5951 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
5952
5953 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
5954 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
5955 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
5956
5957 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
5958 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
5959 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
5960 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
5961 the server takes too long to respond.
5962
5963 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
5964 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
5965 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
5966 long a time to respond.
5967
5968 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
5969 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
5970 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
5971 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
5972 and the client.
5973
5974 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
5975 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
5976 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
5977 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
5978 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
5979 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
5980
5981 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
5982 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005983 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
5984 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
5985 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
5986 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005987
5988 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
5989 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
5990 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
5991 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
5992 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
5993 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
5994
5995 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
5996 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
5997 503 or 504 here.
5998
5999 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6000 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6001 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6002 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6003 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6004
6005 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6006 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6007 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6008 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6009 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6010
6011 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6012 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6013 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6014 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6015 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6016 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6017 between haproxy and the server.
6018
6019 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6020 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6021 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6022 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6023 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6024 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6025 solution is to fix the application.
6026
6027 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6028 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6029 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6030 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6031 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6032 external attacks.
6033
6034 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6035 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6036 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6037 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6038 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6039
6040 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6041 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6042 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6043 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6044 containing unauthorized characters.
6045
6046 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6047 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6048 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6049 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6050
6051 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6052 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6053 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6054 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6055
6056 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6057 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6058 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6059 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6060
6061
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060628.6. Non-printable characters
6063-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006064
6065In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6066consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6067converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6068prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6069being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6070escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6071is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6072'}' when logging headers.
6073
6074Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6075issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6076containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6077
6078Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6079the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6080performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6081
6082
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060838.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6084---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006085
6086Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6087achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006088section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006089cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6090the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6091the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006092locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006093not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6094user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6095a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6096wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6097
6098 Examples :
6099 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6100 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6101
6102 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6103 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6104
6105
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061068.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6107---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006108
6109Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6110proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6111the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6112server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6113
6114Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6115response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006116section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006117
6118It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6119time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6120appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6121are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6122and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6123follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6124request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6125in the logs.
6126
6127 Example :
6128 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6129 listen proxy-out
6130 mode http
6131 option httplog
6132 option logasap
6133 log global
6134 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6135
6136 # log the name of the virtual server
6137 capture request header Host len 20
6138
6139 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6140 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6141
6142 # log the beginning of the referrer
6143 capture request header Referer len 20
6144
6145 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6146 capture response header Server len 20
6147
6148 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6149 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6150
6151 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6152 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6153
6154 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6155 capture response header Via len 20
6156
6157 # log the URL location during a redirection
6158 capture response header Location len 20
6159
6160 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6161 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6162 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6163 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6164 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6165
6166 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6167 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6168 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6169 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6170 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6171
6172 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6173 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6174 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6175 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6176 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6177 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6178
6179
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061808.9. Examples of logs
6181---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006182
6183These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6184them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6185reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6186
6187 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6188 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6189 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6190
6191 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6192 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6193
6194 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6195 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6196 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6197
6198 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6199 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6200
6201 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6202 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6203 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6204
6205 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6206 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6207 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6208 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6209
6210 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6211 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6212 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6213
6214 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6215 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6216 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6217 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6218 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6219 to return the 502 and not the server.
6220
6221 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6222 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6223
6224 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6225 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6226 Nothing was sent to any server.
6227
6228 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6229 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6230
6231 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6232 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6233 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6234 send a 408 return code to the client.
6235
6236 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6237 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6238
6239 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6240 5 seconds ("c----").
6241
6242 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6243 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6244 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6245
6246 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006247 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006248 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6249 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6250 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6251 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6252 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006253
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006254
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062559. Statistics and monitoring
6256----------------------------
6257
6258It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6259mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6260CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6261Unix socket.
6262
6263
62649.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006265---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006266
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006267The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6268page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6269
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006270 0. pxname: proxy name
6271 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6272 for server)
6273 2. qcur: current queued requests
6274 3. qmax: max queued requests
6275 4. scur: current sessions
6276 5. smax: max sessions
6277 6. slim: sessions limit
6278 7. stot: total sessions
6279 8. bin: bytes in
6280 9. bout: bytes out
6281 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006282 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006283 12. ereq: request errors
6284 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006285 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006286 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6287 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6288 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6289 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6290 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6291 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6292 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6293 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6294 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6295 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6296 25. qlimit: queue limit
6297 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6298 27. iid: unique proxy id
6299 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6300 29. throttle: warm up status
6301 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6302 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6303 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006304 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006305
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006306
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063079.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006308-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006309
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006310The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6311must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6312multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6313pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6314
6315show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6316 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6317 possible to dump only selected items :
6318 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6319 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6320 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6321 for example:
6322 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6323 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6324 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6325
6326show info
6327 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6328
6329show sess
6330 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6331 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006332
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006333show errors [<iid>]
6334 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6335 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6336 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6337
6338 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6339 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6340 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6341 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6342 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6343 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6344 are reported too.
6345
6346 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6347 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6348 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6349 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6350 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6351 code.
6352
6353 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6354 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6355 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6356 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6357 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6358 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6359 line.
6360
6361 Example :
6362 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6363 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6364 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6365 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6366
6367 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6368 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6369 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6370 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6371 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6372 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6373 00204+ minal\r\n
6374 00211 \r\n
6375
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006376 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006377 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6378 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6379 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6380 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6381 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6382 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006383
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006384/*
6385 * Local variables:
6386 * fill-column: 79
6387 * End:
6388 */